XML Schema Documentation for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Routers, Cisco IOS XR Release 4.3.0

XML Schema Object Documentation for root_objects, version 1. 0.

Objects

<Configuration>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AAA> - Authentication, Authorization and Accounting
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AIB> - AIB configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ANCP> - ANCP configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <APS> - SONET Automatic Protection Switching (APS) configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ARP> - ARP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM> - Global ATM configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ActiveNodeTable> - Per-node configuration for active nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddressPoolService> - Address Pool configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> - BFD Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BGP> - BGP configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CDP> - Global CDP configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CEM> - Configure CEM
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CallHome> - Set CallHome parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clock> - Configure time-of-day clock
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControlPlane> - Configure control Plane
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Crypto> - Crypto configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv4> - DHCP IPv4 configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv6> - None
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DynamicTemplate> - All dynamic template configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EIGRP> - Configure Neighbor
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ERP> - Ethernet Ring Protection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ES_ACL> - Layer 2 ACL configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ErrorDisable> - Error Disable Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetFeatures> - Ethernet Features Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EventManager> - Event manager configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exception> - Core dump configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FTP> - FTP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrequencySynchronization> - Frequency Synchronization global configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GenericInterfaceListTable> - Generic Interface List configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GlobalAF> - Default VRF configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GlobalInterfaceConfiguration> - Global scoped configuration for interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRP> - HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRPCfg> - HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HTTP> - HTTP access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModule> - Configure subslot h/w module
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleEFD> - EFD (Early Fast Discard)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleFabricMulticast> - Optimized fabric multicast
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleLoadBalance> - Load balance configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleProfile> - Memory resource configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleQoSMode> - QoS mode in hardware module port(s)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModuleTCAM> - TCAM
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hostname> - Configure system's hostname
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HwModuleServiceMaintenanceMode> - Hardware module service Maintenace mode for the node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ICMP> - IP ICMP configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMP> - IGMPconfiguration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMPSnooping> - IGMP snooping configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP> - IP TCP Configuration Data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddressPool> - IP address pool configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPDomain> - IP domain configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPExplicitPaths> - IP Explicit Path config data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPHCProfile> - Define IPHC Profile
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPSLA> - IPSLA configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4NetworkGlobal> - IPv4 network global configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4_ACLAndPrefixList> - IPv4 ACL configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4_DHCPD> - DHCP IPV4 configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_ACLAndPrefixList> - IPv6 ACL configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP_ARM> - IP Address Repository Manager (IPv4/IPv6 ARM) configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP_TCP> - Global IP TCP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4Telnet> - IPv4 telnet configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4Virtual> - IPv4 virtual address for management interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6Assembler> - IPv6 fragmented packet assembler
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6HopLimit> - Configure IPv6 hop count limit
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6ICMP> - Configure IPv6 ICMP parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6Telnet> - IPv6 telnet configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ISIS> - IS-IS configuration for all instances
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceConfigurationTable> - Configuration for all interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <KeychainTable> - Configure a Key Chain
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2TP> - L2TPv3 class used for L2VPNs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPN> - L2VPN configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LACP> - Link Aggregation Control Protocol commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LLDP> - Enable LLDP, or configure global LLDP subcommands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LMP> - Main common OLM/LMP configuration container
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LR> - The pairing configuration is held in here.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LawfulIntercept> - Lawful intercept configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Locale> - Define the geographical locale
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFWD> - Multicast routing configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MIB> - The heirarchy point for all the MIB configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLD> - MLD configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLDSnooping> - MLD snooping configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLSInfra> - The root of MPLS infrastructure configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LDP> - MPLS LDP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LSD> - MPLS LSD configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_OAM> - MPLS LSP verification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> - The root of MPLS TE configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSDP> - MSDP Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSTAG> - MSTAG Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NETCONF> - NETCONF
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NSR> - NSR global configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NTP> - NTP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NetFlow> - NetFlow Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ONEP> - Connected apps configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPF> - OSPF configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPFv3> - OSPFv3 configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OUNI> - OUNI Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTrackingTable> - Object Tracking configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM> - PIM configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PTP> - PTP global configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PVRSTAG> - PVRSTAG Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PVSTAG> - PVST+AG Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Parser> - Parser configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerfMgmt> - Performance Management configuration & operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PreconfiguredNodeTable> - Per-node configuration for non-active nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessMandatory> - Process mandatory configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessSingleCrash> - Reboot condition for single mandatory process that crashes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QOS> - Global QOS configuration.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RCC> - RCC (Route Consistency Checker) configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RCP> - RCP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <REPAG> - REPAG Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RIB> - RIB configuration.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RIP> - RIP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RPIsolationEnabled> - Enable RP Isolation for RP/DRP nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RPIsolationMultiple> - Allow the rp isolation feature to handle multiple requests
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RSVP> - Global RSVP configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RedundancyGroupManager> - Redundancy Group Manager Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RouterConvergence> - Configure Router Convergence Monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RouterStatic> - This class represents router static configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RoutingPolicy> - Routing policy configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAP> - SAP Listener
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SLA> - SLA prtocol and profile Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> - The heirarchy point for all the SNMP configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLG> - SRLG configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SSRP> - Shared plane SSRP configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SelectiveVRFDownload> - Selective VRF download configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceRoleConfigurationTable> - Service Role configuration.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceRoleTable> - Table of ServiceRole
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SpanMonitorSession> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SpanningTreeProtocol> - Spanning Tree Protocol Configuration.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SubscriberPTA> - PTA Subscriber configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Syslog> - Modify message logging facilities
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SyslogService> - Syslog Timestamp Services
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TFTP> - TFTP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> - TTY Line Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Telnet> - Global Telnet configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnel> - Tunnel template used for L3 VPNs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFTable> - VRF configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRRP> - VRRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRRPCfg> - VRRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VTY> - VTY Pools configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <XML> - XML
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <nVSatelliteTable> - Satellite configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Operational>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AAA> - AAA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AIB> - AIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ANCP> - ANCP operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <APS> - SONET Automatic Protection Switching (APS) info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ARP> - ARP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ARP_GMP> - ARP-GMP global operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM> - ATM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM_ILMI> - ATM ILMI operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM_OAM> - ATM OAM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM_VCClass> - ATM VC class data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM_VCM> - ATM VCM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AccessListHardware> - Root class of accesslist hardware
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddressPoolService> - Pool operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AlarmLogger> - Alarm Logger operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AlphaDisplay> - Alpha Display Operational data space
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AutoRP> - AutoRP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> - Bidirectional Forwarding Detection(BFD) operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BGP> - BGP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BundleInformation> - Bundle information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Bundles> - Bundle operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BundlesAdjacency> - Bundle operational data from the adjacency processes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CDP> - CDP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CEM> - CEM controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CFM> - CFM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CHDLC_MA> - Per interface operational data for the cHDLC MA
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CLNS> - CLNS statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Cinetd> - Cisco Inetd (cinetd) Operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Correlator> - Correlator operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv4> - IPv4 DHCP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv6> - IPV6 DHCPD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DPT> - DPT operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DWDM> - DWDM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Diag> - Diag admin operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EFD> - Ethernet Fault Detection operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EIGRP> - EIGRP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ES_ACL> - Root class of ES ACL Oper schema tree
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EnvironmentalMonitoring> - Environmental Monitoring Operational data space
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ErrorDisable> - Error Disable operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EtherLinkOAM> - Ethernet Link OAM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetDriver> - Ethernet operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetLMI> - Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetRing> - Ethernet Ring Protection operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ExplicitPaths> - Configured IP explicit paths
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FHRPOutput> - First Hop Redundancy Protocols Output process oper commands.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FIB> - FIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FIBStatistics> - cef interface drops operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FIB_MPLS> - FIB MPLS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrameRelay> - FR operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrameRelayLMI> - FR LMI operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrequencySynchronization> - Frequency Synchronization operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GenericInterfaceListTable> - Generic Interface List Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRP> - HSRP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HardwareModule> - Hardware module operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ICCP> - ICCP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMP> - IGMP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMPSnooping> - IGMP snooping operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IMA> - IMA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddressPoolProxy> - IP address pool proxy operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddressPoolServer> - IP address pool operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPDomain> - Domain server and host data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPHC> - IPHC operational information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPHCProfile> - IPHC operation information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPHCStatistics> - IPHC statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPSLA> - IPSLA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4ARM> - IPv4 Address Repository Manager (IPv4 ARM) operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4Network> - IPv4 network operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4_ACLAndPrefixList> - Root class of IPv4 Oper schema tree
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4_DHCPD> - IPV4 DHCPD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6ARM> - IPv6 Address Repository Manager (IPv6 ARM) operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6Network> - IPv6 network operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6NodeDiscovery> - IPv6 node discovery operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_ACLAndPrefixList> - Root class of IPv6 Oper schema tree
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_IO> - IPv6 IO Operational Data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_MFWD> - IPV6 MFWD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_MRIB> - IPV6 MRIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_PIM> - IPV6 PIM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_RIB> - RIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4MPA> - IPv4 MPA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4Mhost> - IPv4 mhost operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6MPA> - IPv6 MPA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv6Mhost> - IPv6 mhost operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ISIS> - IS-IS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InfraPacketManager> - Packet manager infrastructure
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InfraStatistics> - Statistics Infrastructure
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Install> - Information of software packages and install operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceAttributes> - Hardware and software attributes for interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceDampening> - Interface dampening data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceProperties> - Non feature-specific interface operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interfaces> - Interface operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Keychain> - Keychain operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2Snoop> - L2Snoop connection operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2TP> - L2TP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2TPv2> - L2TPv2 operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPN> - L2VPN operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPNForwarding> - Show L2VPN forwarding
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPNv2> - L2VPN operational data to support active and standby. L2VPN has been deprecated
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L3VPN> - L3VPN operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LACPBundleMembers> - LACP Bundle Member operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LACPBundles> - LACP bundle data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LACPData> - LACP data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LISP> - LISP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LLDP> - Link Layer Discovery Protocol operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LMP> - Main common UCP/OLM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LR> - Information about the current LR scoped state of LR inventory.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MACAccounting> - MAC accounting operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFR> - Multilink frame-relay information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFWD> - MFWD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLD> - MLD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLDSnooping> - MLD snooping operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLSForwarding> - MPLS forwarding operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_EA> - MPLS IO EA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LCAC> - MPLS-LCAC operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LDP> - MPLS LDP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LSD> - MPLS LSD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LSDNodeTable> - Location MPLS LSD operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_MLDP> - MPLS MLDP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_OAM> - MPLS OAM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_PCE> - MPLS PCE operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> - MPLS Traffic Engineering operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TP> - MPLS transport profile operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MRIB> - MRIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSDP> - MSDP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSTAG> - MST Access Gateway operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ManagementPlaneProtection> - Management Plane Protection (MPP) operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Media> - Media operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MemorySummary> - Memory summary information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MgmtIma> - MgmtIma controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MgmtMultilink> - MgmtMultilink controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mirror> - Disk mirror operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mlan> - Management LAN Operational data space
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multilink> - Multilink operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NETCONF> - NETCONF operational information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NTP> - NTP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NetFlow> - NetFlow operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ONEP> - Connected apps operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPF> - OSPF operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPFv3> - OSPFv3 operational information 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> - Object Tracking operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OnlineDiagnostics> - Diagnostics information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PBR> - PBR operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM> - PIM operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM6_MA> - PIM6 MA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM_MA> - PIM MA operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PLIM_QOS> - PLIM QOS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <POS> - POS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PPP> - PPP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PTP> - PTP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PVRSTAG> - PVRST Access Gateway operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PVSTAG> - PVST+ Access Gateway operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerfManagement> - History operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerfMgmt> - Performance Management agent operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerformanceManagement> - DWDM performace data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Platform> - Platform information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PlatformInventory> - Inventory operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PlatformManager> - Platform manager operational data for ASR9K platform
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PlatformQoS> - QoS ASR9K platform operational data 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PolicyManager> - Policy-map operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QOS> - QoS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RADIUS> - RADIUS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RAW> - RAW operational information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RCC> - Route consistency check information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RCMD> - Show command for Route Convergence Monitoring & Diagnostics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <REPAG> - REP Access Gateway operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RIB> - RIB operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RIP> - RIP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RSVP> - RSVP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RedundancyGroupManager> - Redundancy group manager operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RoutingPolicy> - Routing policy operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAM> - Software authentication manager certificate information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAP> - SAP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SIP_PM> - SIP Platform Manager Operational Data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SLA> - SLA oper commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> - SNMP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SONET> - SONET operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SONET_SDH> - SONET-SDH operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SPABridge> - SPA bridge driver information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLG> - RSI SRLG operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRP> - SRP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SelectiveVRFDownload> - Selective VRF Download operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceInterflex> - Interflex operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceRedundancy> - Service Redundancy operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceRole> - Service Role Daemon operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SpanMonitorSession> - Monitor Session operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SpanningTreeProtocol> - Spanning Tree Protocol operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Suppression> - Suppression operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Syslog> - System message operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemMonitoring> - Processes operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemProcess> - Process information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemTime> - System time information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <T1E1> - T1E1 operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <T3E3> - T3E3 operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TCP> - IP TCP Operational Data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TCPConnection> - TCP connection operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TCP_NSR> - TCP NSR operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> - TTY Line Configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TimingController> - Timing controller operational data for ASR9k
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelIPAttributes> - Tunnel IP interface attributes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTemplate> - Tunnel Template attributes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UDLD> - UDLD operational information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UDP> - IP UDP Operational Data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UDPConnection> - UDP connection operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VLAN> - VLAN operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRRP> - VRRP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <WANPHY> - WANPHY operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Watchdog> - Watchdog information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <XML> - xml sessions information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <nVSatellite> - Satellite operational information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Action>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ANCP> - ANCP actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ARP> - ARP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AlarmLogger> - Alarm Logger action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BGP> - Container class for BGP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Bundle> - Table of bundle action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CDP> - CDP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CEM> - CEM action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CFM> - CFM action objects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ClearL2VPNForwardingStatistics> - Clear L2VPN forwarding statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Correlator> - Correlator action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv4> - IPV4 DHCPD actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DHCPv6> - IPV6 DHCPD actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DPT> - DPT action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DWDM> - DWDM action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EIGRP> - EIGRP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ES_ACL> - ES ACL actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ErrorDisable> - Error Disable action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EtherLinkOAM> - Ethernet Link OAM action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetLMI> - Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EthernetRing> - Ethernet Ring Protection action objects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FHRPOutput> - First Hop Redundancy Protocols Output process action commands.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrequencySynchronization> - Frequency Synchronization action objects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRP> - HSRP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMP> - IGMP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGMPSnooping> - IGMP snooping operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPHC> - IPHC stats action path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV4_ACLAndPrefixList> - IPv4 ACL actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_ACLAndPrefixList> - IPv6 ACL and PrefixList actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_MFWD> - Multicast Forwarding action data for ipv6
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPV6_PIM> - PIM action data for ipv6
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ISIS> - IS-IS action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InfraStatistics> - Statistics Infrastructure
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2TP> - L2TP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2TPv2> - L2TPv2 action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPN> - L2VPN actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPNForwarding> - L2VPN forwarding actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LACPBundleMembers> - LACP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LISP> - LISP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LLDP> - LLDP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MACAccounting> - MAC accounting action container
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFR> - Multilink frame-relay information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFWD> - Multicast Forwarding action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MFWDPlatform> - Hardware Multicast Forwarding action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLD> - MLD action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MLDSnooping> - MLD snooping operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LCAC> - MPLS-LCAC action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LDP> - MPLS LDP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LSD> - MPLS LSD action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> - MPLS Traffic Engineering action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSDP> - MSDP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MgmtIMA> - Ima controller action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MgmtMultilink> - Multilink controller action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MulticastTrace> - Multicast Trace
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MultipleVLANRegistrationProtocol> - Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol action commands.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NTP> - NTP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NetFlow> - NetFlow action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ONEP> - Connected apps action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPF> - OSPF action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPFv3> - OSPFv3 action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PBR> - PBR action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PCE> - PCE action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM> - PIM action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PPP> - PPP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PTP> - PTP action objects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Ping> - Ping operation
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QOS> - QOS action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RIP> - RIP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RSVP> - RSVP actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SLA> - SLA action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> - SNMP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SONET> - SONET action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRP> - SRP actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ServiceRedundancy> - Service Redundancy Actions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <T1E1> - T1E1 action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <T3E3> - T3E3 action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TCP> - TCP action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TCP_NSR> - NSR action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TraceRoute> - Traceroute operation
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTemplate> - Tunnel Template action cmd
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UDLD> - UDLD action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRRP> - VRRP action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <WANPHY> - WANPHY action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <mLACP> - mLACP
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <nVSatellite> - nV Satellite action commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AdminConfiguration>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for admin-plane configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: root-system
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clock> - Configure time-of-day clock
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LRTable> - Assigns nodes to Logical Routers.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> - License admin configuration data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessMandatory> - Process mandatory configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessSingleCrash> - Reboot condition for single mandatory process that crashes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RackTable> - Rack specific admin configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RedundantFS> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminConfiguration> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AdminOperational>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for admin-plane operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: root-system
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AlphaDisplay> - Alpha Display Operational data space
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControlEthernet> - Control ethernet attributes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DSC> - DSC operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Diag> - Diag admin operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EnvironmentalMonitoring> - Environmental Monitoring Operational data space
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FPD> - Field programmable device (FPD) operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ISM> - Line card for ASR-9k
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Install> - Information of software packages and install operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> - Information of license list and operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Media> - Media admin operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MemorySummary> - Memory summary information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mirror> - Disk mirror admin operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NTP> - NTP admin operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Platform> - Platform information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PlatformInventory> - Inventory operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemProcess> - Admin process information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminOperational> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AdminAction>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Root object for admin-plane action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: root-system
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> - Information of license operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for mpls_lcac_action, version 2. 5.

Objects

<MPLS_LCAC>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS-LCAC action data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Action> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> - MPLS-LCAC counters clearing action.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FloodAllLocalLinks> - Causes an immediate flooding of all the local links.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PreemptionLog> - Clears preemption log buffer
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <MPLS_LCAC> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Clear>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS-LCAC counters clearing action.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LCAC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Statistics> - Clears all the statistics in MPLS-LCAC.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <MPLS_LCAC> <Clear> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Statistics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clears all the statistics in MPLS-LCAC.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:True only
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <MPLS_LCAC> <Clear> <Statistics> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<FloodAllLocalLinks>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Causes an immediate flooding of all the local links.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LCAC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:True only
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <MPLS_LCAC> <FloodAllLocalLinks> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<PreemptionLog>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clears preemption log buffer
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LCAC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:True only
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <MPLS_LCAC> <PreemptionLog> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for asr9k_multilink_cfg, version 1. 0.

Objects

<Multilink>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Modify Multilink parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: hdlc
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceConfiguration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Fragment> - Fragmentation configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> - Enter multilink group ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interleave> - Enable interleave
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NCPSequenced> - NCP sequenced mode
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <Multilink> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Fragment>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Fragmentation configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multilink> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FragmentMode> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MultilinkFragmentSetMode 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Config mode
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FragmentSize> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 64 and 9216
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Size in bytes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FragmentDelay> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 1000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Delay time in milliseconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <Multilink> <Fragment> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Group>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enter multilink group ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multilink> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 999999999
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Group Id
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <Multilink> <Group> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Interleave>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable interleave
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multilink> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interleave> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled or disabled
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <Multilink> <Interleave> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<NCPSequenced>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: NCP sequenced mode
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multilink> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Methods> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MultilinkNCPSequencedMode 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Select NCP sequenced mode
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <Multilink> <NCPSequenced> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

ASR9K_MLIfDummyType

    Definition: xsd:boolean

MultilinkNCPSequencedMode

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'IfNeeded' - If needed
        'Never' - Never
        'Always' - Always

MultilinkFragmentSetMode

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Disabled' - Disable fragmentation
        'Size' - Fragment size mode
        'Delay' - Fragment delay mode

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for rsi_srlg_oper, version 2. 0.

Objects

<NodeTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: RSI SRLG operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: basic-services
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLG> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> - RSI SRLG operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Node>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: RSI SRLG operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> - Set of Groups configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InheritNodeTable> - Set of inherit locations configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceDetailTable> - Set of interfaces configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> - Set of interfaces configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGValueTable> - Set of SRLG values configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of interfaces configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> - SRLG interface summary
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Interface>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SRLG interface summary
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: rsi_srlg_intf_brief_show 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><InterfaceName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceDetailTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of interfaces configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceDetail> - SRLG interface details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InterfaceDetailTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceDetail>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SRLG interface details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceDetailTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: rsi_srlg_intf_detail_show 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InterfaceDetailTable> <InterfaceDetail><Naming><InterfaceName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<GroupTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of Groups configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> - SRLG group details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Group>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SRLG group details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Group name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: rsi_srlg_group_show 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><GroupName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InheritNodeTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of inherit locations configured for SRLG
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InheritNode> - SRLG inherit location details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InheritNodeTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InheritNode>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SRLG inherit location details
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InheritNodeTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InheritNodeName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Inherit node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: rsi_srlg_inhloc_show 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <InheritNodeTable> <InheritNode><Naming><InheritNodeName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SRLGValueTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of SRLG values configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGValue> - Configured SRLG value details 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <SRLGValueTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SRLGValue>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configured SRLG value details 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGValueTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Value> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SRLG value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: rsi_srlg_intf_show 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SRLG> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <SRLGValueTable> <SRLGValue><Naming><Value> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for hsrp_depr_cfg, version 3. 2.

Objects

<HSRPCfg>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: hsrp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> - Interface Table for HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Logging> - HSRP logging options
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Logging>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: HSRP logging options
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRPCfg> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StateChangeDisable> - Disable HSRP state change IOS messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <Logging> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StateChangeDisable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Disable HSRP state change IOS messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Logging> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Disable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:HSRP state change IOS messages disable
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <Logging> <StateChangeDisable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Interface Table for HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRPCfg> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> - Per interface HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Interface>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Per interface HSRP configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IntfName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name to configure
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> - BFD configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Delay> - Minimum and Reload Delay
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> - The HSRP group configuration table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Redirects> - Enable HSRP filtered ICMP redirects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UseBIA> - Use burned-in address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<GroupTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The HSRP group configuration table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> - The HSRP group being configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Group>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The HSRP group being configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Grp> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:HSRP group number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Authen> - Authentication string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> - Enable use of Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP> - HSRP IP addresses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MACAddr> - HSRP MAC address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Preempt> - Force active if higher priority
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priority> - Priority level
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timers> - Hello and hold timers
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrackTable> - The HSRP tracked interface configuration table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Priority>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Priority level
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priority> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Priority value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Priority => 100
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <Priority> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Preempt>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Force active if higher priority
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Preempt> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Preempt delay value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Preempt => 0
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <Preempt> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Timers>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Hello and hold timers
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HelloMsecFlag> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE - Hello time configured in milliseconds, FALSE - Hello time configured in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HelloMsec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 100 and 3000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Hello time in msecs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HelloSec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Hello time in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HoldMsecFlag> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE - Hold time configured in milliseconds, FALSE - Hold time configured in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HoldMsec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 100 and 3000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Hold time in msecs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HoldSec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Hold time in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: HelloMsecFlag => false HelloMsec => null HelloSec => 3 HoldMsecFlag => false HoldMsec => null HoldSec => 10
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <Timers> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<BFD>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable use of Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable BFD for this remote IP
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name to run BFD
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: IPAddress => null InterfaceName => unknown
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <BFD> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TrackTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The HSRP tracked interface configuration table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Track> - Interface being tracked
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <TrackTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Track>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Interface being tracked
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrackTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Intf> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface being tracked
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priority> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Priority decrement
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Priority => 10
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <TrackTable> <Track><Naming><Intf> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Authen>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Authentication string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AuthString> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Authentication string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <Authen> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MACAddr>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: HSRP MAC address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mac1> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:First 16 bits of the HSRP MAC address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mac2> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Second 16 bits of the HSRP MAC address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mac3> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Third 16 bits of the HSRP MAC address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <MACAddr> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<IP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: HSRP IP addresses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Primary> - Primary HSRP IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecondaryIPTable> - Secondary HSRP IP address Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <IP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Primary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Primary HSRP IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VirtualIPLearn> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE if the HSRP protocol is to learn the virtual IP address it is to use
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Primary> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:HSRP IP address.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <IP> <Primary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SecondaryIPTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Secondary HSRP IP address Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Secondary> - Secondary HSRP IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <IP> <SecondaryIPTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Secondary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Secondary HSRP IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecondaryIPTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Primary> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:HSRP IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled for this IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Grp> <IP> <SecondaryIPTable> <Secondary><Naming><Primary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Redirects>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable HSRP filtered ICMP redirects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RedirectsEnable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable redirects
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <Redirects> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<UseBIA>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Use burned-in address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UsebiaEnable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable BIA
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <UseBIA> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Delay>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Minimum and Reload Delay
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MinDelaySec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 10000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Minimum delay in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ReloadDelaySec> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 10000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Reload delay in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <Delay> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<BFD>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: BFD configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DetectionMultiplier> - Detection multiplier for BFD sessions created by hsrp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interval> - Hello interval for BFD sessions created by hsrp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <BFD> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Interval>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Hello interval for BFD sessions created by hsrp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interval> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 15 and 30000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:BFD hello interval in milliseconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <BFD> <Interval> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DetectionMultiplier>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detection multiplier for BFD sessions created by hsrp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Multiplier> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 2 and 50
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:BFD multiplier
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <HSRPCfg> <InterfaceTable> <Interface><Naming><IntfName> <BFD> <DetectionMultiplier> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for netconf_agent_cfg, version 1. 2.

Objects

<NETCONF>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: NETCONF
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: config-services
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Agent> - XML agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Agent>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: XML agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NETCONF> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> - NETCONF agent over TTY
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TTY>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: NETCONF agent over TTY
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Agent> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> - Enable specified NETCONF agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Session> - Session attributes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Throttle> - NETCONF agent throttling
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Enable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable specified NETCONF agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable specified NETCONF agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Enable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Throttle>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: NETCONF agent throttling
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Memory> - Memory usage
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessRate> - Process rate
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Throttle> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ProcessRate>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Process rate
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Throttle> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessRate> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1000 and 30000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Process rate in number of XML tags per second
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Throttle> <ProcessRate> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Memory>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Memory usage
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Throttle> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Memory> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 100 and 600
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Size of memory usage, in MBytes, per session.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Memory => 300
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Throttle> <Memory> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Session>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Session attributes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTY> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeout> - Session timeout
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Session> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Timeout>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Session timeout
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Session> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeout> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 1440
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Timeout in minutes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <NETCONF> <Agent> <TTY> <Session> <Timeout> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for subdb_session_oper, version 1. 4.

Objects

<Session>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Subscriber management session information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: network
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LabelTable> - Subscriber management list of subscriber labels
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<LabelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Subscriber management list of subscriber labels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Session> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Label> - Session information for a subscriber label
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Filter> (Optional Filter Tag):
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SubscriberDatabaseSessionStateFilter> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Label>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Session information for a subscriber label
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LabelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SubscriberLabel> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: HexInteger 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Subscriber label
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: subdb_subscriber_obj 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

SubscriberSessionState

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Init' - Session state init
        'Destroy' - Session state destroy
        'ConfigGenerate' - Session state config generate
        'FeatureRegistrationWait' - Session state feature registration wait
        'ConfigApply' - Session state config apply
        'ConfigDone' - Session state config done
        'ConfigRemoved' - Session state config removed
        'ConfigError' - Session state config error
        'Error' - Session state error
        'Sync' - Session state sync

---

Filters

<SubscriberDatabaseSessionStateFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Subscriber state match
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <State> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SubscriberSessionState 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Subscriber session state
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for policymgr_qfab_oper, version 1. 3.

Objects

<SwitchFabricPolicymap>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Operational data for policymaps.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QOS> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatsTable> - Operational data for switch fabric interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatsTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Operational data for switch fabric interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SwitchFabricPolicymap> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Stats> - Switch fabric QOS operational data for 'unicast' or 'multicast' stats type.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Stats>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Switch fabric QOS operational data for 'unicast' or 'multicast' stats type.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatsTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Type> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SwitchFabricType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Switch fabric stats type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeTable> - Switch fabric policy-map statistics for a particular node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatsAll> - Switch fabric QOS operational data for all nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatsAll>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Switch fabric QOS operational data for all nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Stats> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsTable> - Fab QoS operational data statistic table 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <StatsAll> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatisticsTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Fab QoS operational data statistic table 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatsAll> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Statistics> - A piece of Fab QoS policy-map operational data.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <StatsAll> <StatisticsTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <StatisticsTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Statistics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: A piece of Fab QoS policy-map operational data.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Index> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Index of the table element
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: policy_stats 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <StatsAll> <StatisticsTable> <Statistics><Naming><Index> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> <StatisticsTable> <Statistics><Naming><Index> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<NodeTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Switch fabric policy-map statistics for a particular node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Stats> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> - Switch fabric QoS operational data for a particular node.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Node>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Switch fabric QoS operational data for a particular node.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsTable> - Fab QoS operational data statistic table 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <QOS> <SwitchFabricPolicymap> <StatsTable> <Stats><Naming><Type> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><NodeName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

SwitchFabricType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'unicast' - Unicast
        'multicast' - Multicast

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for tunnel_gre_action, version 1. 1.

Objects

<TunnelTemplate>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Tunnel Template action cmd
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Action> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> - Clear tunnel counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Clear>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear tunnel counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTemplate> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTable> - Single tunnel template
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Single tunnel template
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnel> - The name for a particular tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> <TunnelTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Tunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The name for a particular tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The name of the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ClearCounter> - Clear counters for the template
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Encapsulation> - The configured encap parameters for the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> <TunnelTable> <Tunnel><Naming><TunnelName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ClearCounter>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear counters for the template
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnel> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Set this to TRUE to clear the counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> <TunnelTable> <Tunnel><Naming><TunnelName> <ClearCounter> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Encapsulation>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The configured encap parameters for the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnel> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SetHoldDownTimer> - Action data to set encap parameter(timer) of the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> <TunnelTable> <Tunnel><Naming><TunnelName> <Encapsulation> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SetHoldDownTimer>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Action data to set encap parameter(timer) of the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Encapsulation> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Holddown> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: HolddownRange 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Timer value in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Action> <TunnelTemplate> <Clear> <TunnelTable> <Tunnel><Naming><TunnelName> <Encapsulation> <SetHoldDownTimer> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for snmp_cfg, version 12. 5.

Objects

<SNMP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The heirarchy point for all the SNMP configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: snmp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Administration> - Container class for SNMP administration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Agent> - The heirarchy point for SNMP Agent configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BulkStats> - SNMP bulk stats configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextMappingTable> - List of context names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextTable> - List of Context Names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Correlator> - Configure properties of the trap correlator
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunityMapTable> - Container class to hold unencrpted community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunityMapTable> - Container class to hold clear/encrypted communitie maps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> - Define a User Security Model group
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4> - SNMP TOS bit for outgoing packets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformPending> - Set max number of informs to hold in queue
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformRetries> - Set retry count for informs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformTimeout> - Set timeout for informs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Logging> - SNMP logging
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Notification> - Enable SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OverloadControl> - Set overload control params for handling incoming messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PacketSize> - Largest SNMP packet size
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <System> - container to hold system information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Target> - SNMP target configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ThrottleTime> - Set throttle time for handling incoming messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeouts> - SNMP timeouts
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Trap> - Class to hold trap configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHostTable> - Specify hosts to receive SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapPort> - Change the source port of all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapSource> - Assign an interface for the source address of all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UserTable> - Define a user who can access the SNMP engine
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFAuthenticationTrapDisable> - Disable authentication traps for packets on a vrf
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFTable> - SNMP VRF configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewTable> - Class to configure a SNMPv2 MIB view
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<IPv4>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP TOS bit for outgoing packets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DSCP> - DSCP value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Precedence> - Precedence value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TOS> - Type of TOS
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <IPv4> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TOS>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Type of TOS
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Type> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_TOS_Type 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP TOS type DSCP or Precedence
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Precedence> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPPrecedenceValue 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Precedence value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DSCP> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_DSCP_Value 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP DSCP value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <IPv4> <TOS> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DSCP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DSCP value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Type> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_DSCP 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP TOS type DSCP
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Unused> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_Precedence_Value 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Unused
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Value> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_DSCP_Value 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP DSCP value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <IPv4> <DSCP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Precedence>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Precedence value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPv4> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Type> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_Precedence 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP TOS type Precedence
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Value> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_Precedence_Value 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Precedence value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Unused> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_DSCP_Value 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Unused
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <IPv4> <Precedence> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Agent>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The heirarchy point for SNMP Agent configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EngineID> - SNMPv3 engineID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Agent> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EngineID>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMPv3 engineID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Agent> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Local> - engineID of the local agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteTable> - SNMPv3 remote SNMP Entity
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Agent> <EngineID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Local>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: engineID of the local agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EngineID> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LocalEngineID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:engine ID octet string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Agent> <EngineID> <Local> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoteTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMPv3 remote SNMP Entity
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EngineID> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Remote> - engineID of the remote agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Agent> <EngineID> <RemoteTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Remote>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: engineID of the remote agent
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP address of remote SNMP entity
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteEngineID> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:engine ID octet string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Agent> <EngineID> <RemoteTable> <Remote><Naming><RemoteAddress> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Administration>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for SNMP administration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunityTable> - Container class to hold unencrpted communities
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunityTable> - Container class to hold clear/encrypted communities
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Administration> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class to hold unencrpted communities
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Administration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunity> - Unencrpted SNMP community string and access priviledges
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Administration> <DefaultCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Unencrpted SNMP community string and access priviledges
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: EncodedBoundedString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP community string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priviledge> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPAccessLevel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Read/Write Access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:MIB view to which the community has access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AccessList> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Access-list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Owner> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPOwnerAccess 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Logical Router or System owner access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Administration> <DefaultCommunityTable> <DefaultCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class to hold clear/encrypted communities
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Administration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunity> - Clear/encrypted SNMP community string and access priviledges
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Administration> <EncryptedCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear/encrypted SNMP community string and access priviledges
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: EncryptedString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP community string
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priviledge> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPAccessLevel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Read/Write Access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:MIB view to which the community has access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AccessList> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Access-list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Owner> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPOwnerAccess 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Logical Router or System owner access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Administration> <EncryptedCommunityTable> <EncryptedCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRFAuthenticationTrapDisable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Disable authentication traps for packets on a vrf
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Disabled> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:disabled to be set as TRUE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFAuthenticationTrapDisable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultCommunityMapTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class to hold unencrpted community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunityMap> - Unencrpted SNMP community map name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <DefaultCommunityMapTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultCommunityMap>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Unencrpted SNMP community map name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultCommunityMapTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 128
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Context> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Context Name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Security> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Security Name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetList> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:target list name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <DefaultCommunityMapTable> <DefaultCommunityMap><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedCommunityMapTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class to hold clear/encrypted communitie maps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunityMap> - Clear/encrypted SNMP community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <EncryptedCommunityMapTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedCommunityMap>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear/encrypted SNMP community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedCommunityMapTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: EncryptedString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP community map
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Context> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Context Name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Security> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Security Name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetList> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:target list name 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <EncryptedCommunityMapTable> <EncryptedCommunityMap><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<System>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: container to hold system information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ChassisID> - String to uniquely identify this chassis
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Contact> - Text for mib Object sysContact
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Location> - Text for mib Object sysLocation
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <System> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ChassisID>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: String to uniquely identify this chassis
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <System> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ChassisId> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Chassis ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <System> <ChassisID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Contact>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Text for mib Object sysContact
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <System> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemContact> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:identification of the contact person for this managed node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <System> <Contact> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Location>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Text for mib Object sysLocation
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <System> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SystemLocation> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 255
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The physical location of this node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <System> <Location> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<GroupTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Define a User Security Model group
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Group> - Name of the group
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Group>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Name of the group
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Name> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 128
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Name of the group
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMPVersion> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: GroupSNMPVersion 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:snmp version
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecurityModel> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPSecurityModel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:security model like auth/noAuth/Priv applicable for v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NotifyView> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:notify view name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ReadView> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:read view name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <WriteView> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:write view name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AccessList> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Access-list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Context name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <GroupTable> <Group><Naming><Name> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TrapHostTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Specify hosts to receive SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHost> - Specify hosts to receive SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TrapHost>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Specify hosts to receive SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHostTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP address of SNMP notification host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultUserCommunityTable> - Container class for defining communities for a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> - Container class for defining Clear/encrypt communities for a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformHost> - Container class for defining notification type for a Inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultUserCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for defining communities for a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultUserCommunity> - Unencrpted Community name associated with a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <DefaultUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <DefaultUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultUserCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Unencrpted Community name associated with a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 128
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMPv1/v2c community string or SNMPv3 user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Version> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Version to be used v1/v2c/v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecurityLevel> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPSecurityModel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Security level to be used noauth/auth/priv
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BasicTrapTypes> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setBasicTrapTypes is used for all traps except copy-completeSet this value to an integer corresponding to the trapBGP 8192, CONFIG 4096,SYSLOG 131072,SNMP_TRAP 1COPY_COMPLETE_TRAP 64To provide a combination of trap Add the respective numbersValue must be set to 0 for all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes1> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setUse this for providing copy-complete trapValue must be set to 0 if not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes2> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setvalue should always to set as 0
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <DefaultUserCommunityTable> <DefaultUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <DefaultUserCommunityTable> <DefaultUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedUserCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for defining Clear/encrypt communities for a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedUserCommunity> - Clear/Encrypt Community name associated with a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EncryptedUserCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear/Encrypt Community name associated with a trap host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: EncryptedString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMPv1/v2c community string or SNMPv3 user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Version> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Version to be used v1/v2c/v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecurityLevel> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPSecurityModel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Security level to be used noauth/auth/priv
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BasicTrapTypes> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setBasicTrapTypes is used for all traps except copy-completeSet this value to an integer corresponding to the trapBGP 8192, CONFIG 4096,SYSLOG 131072,SNMP_TRAP 1COPY_COMPLETE_TRAP 64To provide a combination of trap Add the respective numbersValue must be set to 0 for all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes1> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setUse this for providing copy-complete trapValue must be set to 0 if not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes2> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setvalue should always to set as 0
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> <EncryptedUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <EncryptedUserCommunityTable> <EncryptedUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformHost>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for defining notification type for a Inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> - Container class for defining Clear/encrypt communities for a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformUserCommunityTable> - Container class for defining communities for a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformUserCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for defining communities for a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformUserCommunity> - Unencrpted Community name associated with a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformUserCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Unencrpted Community name associated with a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 128
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMPv2c community string or SNMPv3 user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Version> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Version to be used v2c/v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecurityLevel> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPSecurityModel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Security level to be used noauth/auth/priv
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BasicTrapTypes> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setBasicTrapTypes is used for all traps except copy-completeSet this value to an integer corresponding to the trapBGP 8192, CONFIG 4096,SYSLOG 131072,SNMP_TRAP 1COPY_COMPLETE_TRAP 64To provide a combination of trap Add the respective numbersValue must be set to 0 for all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes1> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setUse this for providing copy-complete trapValue must be set to 0 if not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes2> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setvalue should always to set as 0
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformUserCommunityTable> <InformUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformUserCommunityTable> <InformUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Container class for defining Clear/encrypt communities for a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformHost> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformEncryptedUserCommunity> - Clear/Encrypt Community name associated with a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformEncryptedUserCommunity>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear/Encrypt Community name associated with a inform host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CommunityName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: EncryptedString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMPv2c community string or SNMPv3 user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Version> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP Version to be used v2c/v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SecurityLevel> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPSecurityModel 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Security level to be used noauth/auth/priv
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BasicTrapTypes> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setBasicTrapTypes is used for all traps except copy-completeSet this value to an integer corresponding to the trapBGP 8192, CONFIG 4096,SYSLOG 131072,SNMP_TRAP 1COPY_COMPLETE_TRAP 64To provide a combination of trap Add the respective numbersValue must be set to 0 for all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes1> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setUse this for providing copy-complete trapValue must be set to 0 if not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdvancedTrapTypes2> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number to signify the feature traps that needs to be setvalue should always to set as 0
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> <InformEncryptedUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <TrapHostTable> <TrapHost><Naming><IPAddress> <InformHost> <InformEncryptedUserCommunityTable> <InformEncryptedUserCommunity><Naming><CommunityName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<PacketSize>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Largest SNMP packet size
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Size> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 484 and 65500
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Packet size
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <PacketSize> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TrapSource>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Assign an interface for the source address of all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IFName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapSource> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TrapPort>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Change the source port of all traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1024 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <TrapPort> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformRetries>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set retry count for informs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Retries> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 100
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number of times to retry an Inform request (default 3)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <InformRetries> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformTimeout>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set timeout for informs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeout> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 42949671
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Timeout value in seconds for Inform request (default 15 sec)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <InformTimeout> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InformPending>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set max number of informs to hold in queue
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Pending> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and -1
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Max nmber of informs to hold in queue, (default 25)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <InformPending> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<UserTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Define a user who can access the SNMP engine
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <User> - Name of the user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <UserTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<User>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Name of the user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UserTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UserName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Name of the user
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Group to which the user belongs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Version> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: UserSNMPVersion 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP version to be used. v1,v2c or v3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AuthenticationPasswordConfigured> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Flag to indicate that authentication password is configred for version 3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Algorithm> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPHashAlgorithm 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The algorithm used md5 or sha
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AuthenticationPassword> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ProprietaryPassword 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The authentication password
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PrivacyPasswordConfigured> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Flag to indicate that the privacy password is configured for version 3
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Priv_Algorithm> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPPrivAlgorithm 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The algorithm used des56 or aes128 or aes192or aes256 or 3des
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PrivacyPassword> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ProprietaryPassword 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The privacy password
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACLName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Access-list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Owner> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPOwnerAccess 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The system access either SDROwner or SystemOwner
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP address of remote SNMP entity
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Port> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 65535
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:UDP port number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <UserTable> <User><Naming><UserName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ViewTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Class to configure a SNMPv2 MIB view
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <View> - Name of the view
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ViewTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<View>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Name of the view
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Name of the view
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Family> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:MIB view family name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ViewInclusion> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMP_MIBViewInclusion 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:MIB view to be included or excluded
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ViewTable> <View><Naming><ViewName><Family> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Target>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP target configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetListTable> - List of targets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TargetListTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: List of targets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Target> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetList> - Name of the target list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TargetList>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Name of the target list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetListTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetListName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Name of the target list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetAddressTable> - SNMP Target address configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFNameTable> - List of VRF Name for a target list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> <TargetList><Naming><TargetListName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TargetAddressTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP Target address configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetList> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetAddress> - IP Address to be configured for the Target
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> <TargetList><Naming><TargetListName> <TargetAddressTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TargetAddress>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: IP Address to be configured for the Target
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetAddressTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IPv4/Ipv6 address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable to be set as TRUE to configure an address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> <TargetList><Naming><TargetListName> <TargetAddressTable> <TargetAddress><Naming><IPAddress> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRFNameTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: List of VRF Name for a target list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TargetList> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFName> - VRF name of the target
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> <TargetList><Naming><TargetListName> <VRFNameTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRFName>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: VRF name of the target
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFNameTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Name> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:VRF Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable to be set as TRUE to configure a VRF
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Target> <TargetListTable> <TargetList><Naming><TargetListName> <VRFNameTable> <VRFName><Naming><Name> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRFTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP VRF configuration commands
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> - VRF name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRF>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: VRF name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Name> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:VRF name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextMappingTable> - List of context names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextTable> - List of Context Names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapHostTable> - Specify hosts to receive SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ContextTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: List of Context Names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Context> - Context Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ContextTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <ContextTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Context>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Context Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Context Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable to be set as TRUE to create the context
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ContextTable> <Context><Naming><ContextName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <ContextTable> <Context><Naming><ContextName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ContextMappingTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: List of context names
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextMapping> - Context mapping name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ContextMappingTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <ContextMappingTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ContextMapping>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Context mapping name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextMappingTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ContextMappingName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Context mapping name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Context> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: SNMPContext 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SNMP context feature type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InstanceName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:OSPF protocol instance
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:VRF name associated with the context
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TopologyName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Topology name associated with the context
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ContextMappingTable> <ContextMapping><Naming><ContextMappingName> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <VRFTable> <VRF><Naming><Name> <ContextMappingTable> <ContextMapping><Naming><ContextMappingName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Timeouts>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP timeouts
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Subagent> - Sub-Agent Request timeout
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Timeouts> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Subagent>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Sub-Agent Request timeout
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeouts> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <timeouts> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 20
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:timeout in secs
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Timeouts> <Subagent> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Logging>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP logging
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Threshold> - SNMP logging threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Logging> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Threshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP logging threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Logging> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OIDProcessing> - SNMP logging threshold for OID processing
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Logging> <Threshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<OIDProcessing>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SNMP logging threshold for OID processing
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Threshold> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Threshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 20000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Threshold in ms
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Logging> <Threshold> <OIDProcessing> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Trap>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Class to hold trap configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QueueLength> - Message queue length for each TRAP host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ThrottleTime> - Set throttle time for handling traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeout> - Timeout for TRAP message retransmissions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Trap> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<QueueLength>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Message queue length for each TRAP host
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Trap> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <QueueLength> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 5000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Queue length
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Trap> <QueueLength> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Timeout>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Timeout for TRAP message retransmissions
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Trap> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrapTimeout> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 1000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Timeout
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Trap> <Timeout> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ThrottleTime>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set throttle time for handling traps
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Trap> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MilliSeconds> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 10 and 500
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Time in msec (default 250 msecs)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Trap> <ThrottleTime> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ThrottleTime>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set throttle time for handling incoming messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MilliSeconds> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 50 and 1000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Throttle time for incoming queue (default 0 msec)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <ThrottleTime> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<OverloadControl>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set overload control params for handling incoming messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DropTime> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 300
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Drop time in seconds for incoming queue (default 1 sec)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ThrottleRate> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 1000
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Throttle time in milliseconds for incoming queue (default 500 msec)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: DropTime => 1 ThrottleRate => 500
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <OverloadControl> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Notification>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable SNMP notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM> - ATM notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BFD> - CISCO-IETF-BFD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BGP> - BGP4-MIB and CISCO-BGP4-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Bridge> - BRIDGE-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CFM> - 802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ConfigCopy> - CISCO-CONFIG-COPY-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ConfigMan> - CISCO-CONFIG-MAN-MIB notification configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DS1> - Enable DS1-MIB notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DS3> - Enable DS1-MIB notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Entity> - Enable ENTITY-MIB notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EntityRedundancy> - CISCO-ENTITY-REDUNDANCY-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EntityState> - ENTITY-STATE-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FRUControl> - CISCO-ENTITY-FRU-CONTROL-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Flash> - CISCO-FLASH-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FrameRelay> - Frame-Relay MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HSRP> - CISCO-HSRP-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ISIS> - Enable ISIS-MIB notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <L2VPN> - CISCO-IETF-PW-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_FRR> - CISCO-IETF-FRR-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_L3VPN> - MPLS-L3VPN-STD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_LDP> - MPLS-LDP-STD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> - MPLS-TE-STD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE_P2MP> - CISCO-MPLS-TE-P2MP-STD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MSDP> - CISCO-IETF-MSDP-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NTP> - CISCO-NTP-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OAM> - 802.3 OAM MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPF> - OSPF-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OSPFv3> - OSPFv3-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OTN> - CISCO-OTN-IF-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PIM> - PIM MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RF> - CISCO-RF-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RSVP> - Enable RSVP-MIB notifications
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SNMP> - SNMP notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SONET> - CISCO-SONET-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SelectiveVRFDownload> - CISCO-SELECTIVE-VRF-DOWNLOAD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Sensor> - CISCO-ENTITY-SENSOR-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Syslog> - CISCO-SYSLOG-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <System> - CISCO-SYSTEM-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VPLS> - CISCO-IETF-VPLS-GENERIC-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRRP> - VRRP-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Notification> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MIB>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The heirarchy point for all the MIB configurations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: snmp
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CBQoSMIB> - CBQoSMIB configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EntityMIB> - Entity MIB
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EventMIB> - Event Mib
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceMIB> - Interface MIB configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NotificationLogMIB> - Notification log MIB configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <MIB> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

SNMP_MIBViewInclusion

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Included' - MIB View to be included
        'Excluded' - MIB View to be excluded

SNMP_DSCP

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'DSCP' - SNMP TOS type DSCP

SNMP_Precedence

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Precedence' - SNMP TOS type Precedence

SNMP_TOS_Type

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Precedence' - SNMP TOS type Precedence
        'DSCP' - SNMP TOS type DSCP

SNMPContext

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'VRF' - VRF feature
        'BRIDGE' - BRIDGE feature
        'OSPF' - OSPF feature
        'OSPFv3' - OSPFv3 feature

SNMP_DSCP_Value

    Definition: Range with Enumeration. Values must lie between 0 and 63 with well-known values being:
        'Default' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 000000
        'AF11' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 001010
        'AF12' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 001100
        'AF13' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 001110
        'AF21' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 010010
        'AF22' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 010100
        'AF23' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 010110
        'AF31' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 011010
        'AF32' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 011100
        'AF33' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 011110
        'AF41' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 100010
        'AF42' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 100100
        'AF43' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 100110
        'EF' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 101110
        'CS1' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 001000
        'CS2' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 010000
        'CS3' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 011000
        'CS4' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 100000
        'CS5' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 101000
        'CS6' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 110000
        'CS7' - Applicable to DSCP: bits 111000

SNMP_Precedence_Value

    Definition: Range with Enumeration. Values must lie between 0 and 7 with well-known values being:
        'Routine' - Applicable to Precedence: value 0
        'Priority' - Applicable to Precedence: value 1
        'Immediate' - Applicable to Precedence: value 2
        'Flash' - Applicable to Precedence: value 3
        'Flash-override' - Applicable to Precedence: value 4
        'Critical' - Applicable to Precedence: value 5
        'Internet' - Applicable to Precedence: value 6
        'Network' - Applicable to Precedence: value 7

SNMPPrecedenceValue

    Definition: Range with Enumeration. Values must lie between 0 and 7 with well-known values being:
        'Routine' - Applicable to Precedence: value 0
        'Priority' - Applicable to Precedence: value 1
        'Immediate' - Applicable to Precedence: value 2
        'Flash' - Applicable to Precedence: value 3
        'FlashOverride' - Applicable to Precedence: value 4
        'Critical' - Applicable to Precedence: value 5
        'Internet' - Applicable to Precedence: value 6
        'Network' - Applicable to Precedence: value 7

SNMPAccessLevel

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'ReadOnly' - Read Only Access for a community string
        'ReadWrite' - Read Write Access for a community string

SNMPOwnerAccess

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'SDROwner' - Secure Domain Router Owner permissions
        'SystemOwner' - System owner permissions

UserSNMPVersion

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'V1' - SNMP version 1
        'V2C' - SNMP version 2
        'V3' - SNMP version 3

GroupSNMPVersion

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'V1' - SNMP version 1
        'V2C' - SNMP version 2
        'V3' - SNMP version 3

SNMPSecurityModel

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'NoAuthentication' - No Authentication required
        'Authentication' - Authentication password alone required for access
        'Privacy' - Authentication and privacy password required for access

SNMPHashAlgorithm

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'None' - No authentication required
        'MD5' - Standard Message Digest algorithm
        'SHA' - SHA algorithm

SNMPPrivAlgorithm

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'None' - No Privacy
        'DES' - Des algorithm
        '3DES' - 3des algorithm
        'AES128' - aes128 algorithm
        'AES192' - aes192 algorithm
        'AES256' - aes256 algorithm

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for atm_ilmi_oper, version 3. 0.

Objects

<ATM_ILMI>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: ATM ILMI operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: atm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeTable> - Contains all the nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <ATM_ILMI> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<NodeTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Contains all the nodes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ATM_ILMI> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> - The node on which ATM Interfaces are located
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <ATM_ILMI> <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Node>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The node on which ATM Interfaces are located
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NodeTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <node> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The node id
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> - Contains ATM Interface ILMI information for node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <ATM_ILMI> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><node> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Contains ATM Interface ILMI information for node
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> - ATM Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <ATM_ILMI> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><node> <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<InterfaceName>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: ATM Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The name of the interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: atm_ilmi_if_config 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <ATM_ILMI> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><node> <InterfaceTable> <InterfaceName><Naming><Interface> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for sonet_local_oper, version 2. 1.

Objects

<SONET>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SONET operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: sonet-sdh
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerTable> - All SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ControllerTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: All SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SONET> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> - SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> <ControllerTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Controller>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AIS_PWFault> - SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Info> - SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <State> - SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Info>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: sonet_port_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> <Info> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<State>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: sonet_port_state_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> <State> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AIS_PWFault>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SONET controller operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: sonet_port_ais_pwfault_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SONET> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> <AIS_PWFault> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for licmgr_adminaction, version 1. 8.

Objects

<License>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Information of license operations
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: sysmgr
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AdminAction> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddTable> - Execute license add information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddTarTable> - Execute license add tar information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTable> - Execute license backup information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> - Clear all the installed license
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Move> - Execute license move information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Pool> - License pool action information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Remove> - License remove action information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RestoreTable> - Execute license restore information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SaveTable> - Execute license save credential information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AddTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license add information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Add> - Execute license add
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <AddTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Add>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license add
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of adding licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseFile> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Add license file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license add
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <AddTable> <Add><Naming><SDRName><LicenseFile> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AddTarTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license add tar information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddTar> - Execute license add tar
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <AddTarTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AddTar>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license add tar
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AddTarTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of adding tar licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseTarFile> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Add tar license file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license add tar
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <AddTarTable> <AddTar><Naming><SDRName><LicenseTarFile> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Move>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRTable> - Execute license move for SDR information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Slot> - Execute license move slot information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SDRTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move for SDR information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Move> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDR> - Execute license move for SDR
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <SDRTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SDR>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move for SDR
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Feature> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 31
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Feature ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseCount> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 1024
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number of licenses to move (1024 is equivalent to the 'all' option)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FromSDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of moving licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ToSDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of putting licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseType> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: LicenseType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:License type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license move
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <SDRTable> <SDR><Naming><Feature><LicenseCount><FromSDRName><ToSDRName><LicenseType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Slot>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move slot information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Move> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LocationTable> - Location information of license remove
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatusTable> - Execute license move the status from allocated to available
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <Slot> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<LocationTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Location information of license remove
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Slot> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Location> - Execute license move slot for location
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <Slot> <LocationTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Location>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move slot for location
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LocationTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Feature> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 31
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Feature ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseCount> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 1 and 1024
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number of licenses to move
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FromNode> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:NodeID of moving licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ToNode> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: NodeID 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:NodeID of putting licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseType> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: LicenseType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:License type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license move slot for location
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <Slot> <LocationTable> <Location><Naming><Feature><LicenseCount><FromNode><ToNode><LicenseType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatusTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move the status from allocated to available
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Slot> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Status> - Execute license move slot from allocated to available
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <Slot> <StatusTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Status>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license move slot from allocated to available
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatusTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Feature> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 31
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Feature ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseType> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: LicenseType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:License type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license move slot for the status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Move> <Slot> <StatusTable> <Status><Naming><Feature><LicenseType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Remove>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: License remove action information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseIDTable> - Execute license remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TicketTable> - Execute license remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Remove> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<LicenseIDTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Remove> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoveID> - Execute license remove with licenseID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Remove> <LicenseIDTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoveID>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license remove with licenseID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseIDTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Feature> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 31
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Feature ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseID> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:License ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of removing licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LicenseType> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: LicenseType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:License type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license remove with license ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Remove> <LicenseIDTable> <RemoveID><Naming><Feature><LicenseID><SDRName><LicenseType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TicketTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Remove> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Ticket> - Execute license remove with the permission tickets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Remove> <TicketTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Ticket>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license remove with the permission tickets
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TicketTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Feature> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 31
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Feature ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PermissionFile> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 1024
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Permission file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RehostFile> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 1024
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Rehost file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of removing licenses
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license remove with ticket
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Remove> <TicketTable> <Ticket><Naming><Feature><PermissionFile><RehostFile><SDRName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<BackupTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license backup information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Backup> - Execute license backup
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <BackupTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Backup>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license backup
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupFile> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Backup license file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license backup
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <BackupTable> <Backup><Naming><BackupFile> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RestoreTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license restore information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Restore> - Execute license restore
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <RestoreTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Restore>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license restore
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RestoreTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RestoreFile> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Restore license file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license restore
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <RestoreTable> <Restore><Naming><RestoreFile> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SaveTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license save credential information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Save> - Execute license save credential
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <SaveTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Save>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license save credential
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SaveTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CredentialFile> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Credential license file path
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license save credential
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <SaveTable> <Save><Naming><CredentialFile> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Pool>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: License pool action information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CreateSDRTable> - Execute license pool create information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoveSDRTable> - Execute license pool remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Pool> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<CreateSDRTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license pool create information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Pool> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CreateSDR> - Execute license pool create
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Pool> <CreateSDRTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<CreateSDR>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license pool create
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CreateSDRTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of creating a pool
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license pool create
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Pool> <CreateSDRTable> <CreateSDR><Naming><SDRName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoveSDRTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license pool remove information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Pool> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoveSDR> - Execute license remove
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Pool> <RemoveSDRTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoveSDR>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Execute license remove
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoveSDRTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SDRName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SDR Name of removing a pool
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Exec> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Execute license pool remove
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Pool> <RemoveSDRTable> <RemoveSDR><Naming><SDRName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Clear>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Clear all the installed license
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <License> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Clear> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Clear all the installed license
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <AdminAction> <License> <Clear> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

LicenseType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Permanent' - Permanent license type
        'Evaluation' - Evaluation license type

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for ip_rsvp_prefix_filtering_cfg, version 3. 6.

Objects

<PrefixFiltering>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure prefix filtering parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Signalling> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACL> - Configure an ACL to perform prefix filtering of RSVP Router Alert messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultDenyAction> - Configure RSVP behaviour for scenarios where ACL match yields a default (implicit) deny
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <RSVP> <Signalling> <PrefixFiltering> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ACL>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure an ACL to perform prefix filtering of RSVP Router Alert messages
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PrefixFiltering> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PrefixFilteringACL> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 33
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <RSVP> <Signalling> <PrefixFiltering> <ACL> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DefaultDenyAction>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure RSVP behaviour for scenarios where ACL match yields a default (implicit) deny
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PrefixFiltering> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Drop> - Drop packets when ACL match yields a default (implicit) deny
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <RSVP> <Signalling> <PrefixFiltering> <DefaultDenyAction> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Drop>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Drop packets when ACL match yields a default (implicit) deny
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultDenyAction> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DefaultDenyAction> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Configure RSVP to drop packets when ACL match yields a default (implicit) deny
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <RSVP> <Signalling> <PrefixFiltering> <DefaultDenyAction> <Drop> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for tty_management_cfg, version 1. 1.

Objects

<Connection>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Management connection configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: tty-access
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTYLine> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACLIn> - ACL to filter ingoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACLOut> - ACL to filter outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CLIWhiteSpaceCompletion> - Command completion on whitespace
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DisconnectCharacter> - The line disconnect character
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <EscapeCharacter> - Line template's escape character
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionLimit> - The number of outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionTimeout> - Interval for closing connection when there is no input traffic
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TransportInput> - Protocols to use when connecting to the terminal server
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TransportOutput> - Protocols to use for outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TransportPreferred> - The preferred protocol to use
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ACLIn>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: ACL to filter ingoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACLName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP access list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <ACLIn> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ACLOut>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: ACL to filter outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ACLName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP access list name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <ACLOut> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DisconnectCharacter>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The line disconnect character
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Character> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CharNum 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Disconnect character's decimal equivalent value or Character 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <DisconnectCharacter> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<EscapeCharacter>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Line template's escape character
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTYEscape> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYEscapeCharNum 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Escape character or ASCII decimal equivalent value orspecial strings NONE,DEFAULT,BREAK
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: TTYEscape => 30
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <EscapeCharacter> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<CLIWhiteSpaceCompletion>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Command completion on whitespace
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enabled> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:True to enable
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <CLIWhiteSpaceCompletion> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionLimit>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The number of outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connections> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 20
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Number of outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Connections => 6
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <SessionLimit> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionTimeout>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Interval for closing connection when there is no input traffic
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Timeout> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Range. Value lies between 0 and 35791
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Session timeout interval in minutes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Direction> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYSessionTimeoutDirection 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Include output traffic as well as input traffic
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Timeout => 10 Direction => 1
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <SessionTimeout> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TransportInput>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Protocols to use when connecting to the terminal server
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Select> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocolSelect 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Choose transport protocols
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol1> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocol 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Transport protocol1
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol2> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocol 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Transport protocol2
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <None> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Select => 1 Protocol1 => null Protocol2 => null None => null
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <TransportInput> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TransportOutput>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Protocols to use for outgoing connections
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Select> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocolSelect 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Choose transport protocols
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol1> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocol 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Transport protocol1
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol2> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocol 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Transport protocol2
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <None> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Not used
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: Select => 1 Protocol1 => null Protocol2 => null None => null
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <TransportOutput> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TransportPreferred>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The preferred protocol to use
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Connection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYTransportProtocol 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Preferred transport protocol
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <Connection> <TransportPreferred> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ExecMode>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Exec Mode Pager configurtion
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TTYLine> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Pager> - Paging Utility
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <ExecMode> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Pager>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Paging Utility
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ExecMode> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PagerType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: TTYPager 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Preferred Paging Utility
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: PagerType => 1
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <TTY> <TTYLineTable> <TTYLine><Naming><Name> <ExecMode> <Pager> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for parser_cfg, version 0. 0.

Objects

<Parser>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Parser configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Alias> - Alias for command mapping
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <Parser> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for svd_mib_cfg, version 5. 1.

Objects

<SelectiveVRFDownload>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: CISCO-SELECTIVE-VRF-DOWNLOAD-MIB notification configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: basic-services
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Notification> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RoleChange> - Enable csvdEntityRoleChangeNotification notification
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Notification> <SelectiveVRFDownload> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RoleChange>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable csvdEntityRoleChangeNotification notification
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SelectiveVRFDownload> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enable csvdEntityRoleChangeNotification notification
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <SNMP> <Notification> <SelectiveVRFDownload> <RoleChange> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for pmengine_ui_cfg, version 1. 0.

Objects

<PerformanceManagement>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure pm parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceConfiguration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24> - Configure pm parameters of 24 hour interval
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15> - set opr min threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure pm parameters of 24 hour interval
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerformanceManagement> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FEC> - Configure fec g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTN> - configure otn g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24Optics> - Configure optics performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24FEC>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure fec g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECReportTable> - set fec TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECThresholdTable> - Configure fec threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24FEC> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24FECReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set fec TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FEC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24FEC> <Hour24FECReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24FECReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FECReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: FecReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec Report type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Fec Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24FEC> <Hour24FECReportTable> <Hour24FECReport><Naming><FECReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24FECThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure fec threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FEC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECThreshold> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24FEC> <Hour24FECThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24FECThreshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24FECThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FECThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: FecThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FecThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec threshold value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24FEC> <Hour24FECThresholdTable> <Hour24FECThreshold><Naming><FECThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24Optics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure optics performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsReportTable> - set optics TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsThresholdTable> - Configure threshold on optics parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24Optics> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OpticsReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set optics TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24Optics> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24Optics> <Hour24OpticsReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OpticsReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OpticsReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Report Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Optics Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24Optics> <Hour24OpticsReportTable> <Hour24OpticsReport><Naming><OpticsReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OpticsThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure threshold on optics parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24Optics> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsThreshold> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24Optics> <Hour24OpticsThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OpticsThreshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OpticsThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OpticsThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Thresh Value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24Optics> <Hour24OpticsThresholdTable> <Hour24OpticsThreshold><Naming><OpticsThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OTN>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: configure otn g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNReportTable> - set otn TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNThresholdTable> - Configure threshold on otn parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24OTN> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OTNReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set otn TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTN> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24OTN> <Hour24OTNReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OTNReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OTNReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OtnReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Report Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Otn Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24OTN> <Hour24OTNReportTable> <Hour24OTNReport><Naming><OTNReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OTNThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure threshold on otn parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTN> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNThreshold> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24OTN> <Hour24OTNThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Hour24OTNThreshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Hour24OTNThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OTNThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OtnThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OtnThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Threshold Value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Hour24> <Hour24OTN> <Hour24OTNThresholdTable> <Hour24OTNThreshold><Naming><OTNThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set opr min threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PerformanceManagement> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FEC> - Configure fec g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTN> - configure otn g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15Optics> - Configure optics performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15FEC>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure fec g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECReportTable> - set fec TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECThresholdTable> - Configure fec threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15FEC> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15FECReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set fec TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FEC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15FEC> <Minute15FECReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15FECReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FECReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: FecReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec Report Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Fec Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15FEC> <Minute15FECReportTable> <Minute15FECReport><Naming><FECReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15FECThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure fec threshold
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FEC> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECThreshold> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15FEC> <Minute15FECThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15FECThreshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15FECThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FECThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: FecThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FecThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Fec Threshold Value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15FEC> <Minute15FECThresholdTable> <Minute15FECThreshold><Naming><FECThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15Optics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure optics performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsReportTable> - set optics TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsThresholdTable> - Configure threshold on optics parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15Optics> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OpticsReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set optics TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15Optics> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15Optics> <Minute15OpticsReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OpticsReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OpticsReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Report Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Optics Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15Optics> <Minute15OpticsReportTable> <Minute15OpticsReport><Naming><OpticsReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OpticsThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure threshold on optics parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15Optics> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsThreshold> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15Optics> <Minute15OpticsThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OpticsThreshold>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OpticsThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OpticsThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OpticsThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Optics Threshold Value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15Optics> <Minute15OpticsThresholdTable> <Minute15OpticsThreshold><Naming><OpticsThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OTN>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: configure otn g709 performance monitoring
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTNReportTable> - set otn TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTNThresholdTable> - Configure threshold on otn parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15OTN> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OTNReportTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set otn TCA reporting status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTN> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTNReport> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15OTN> <Minute15OTNReportTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OTNReport>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTNReportTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OTNReport> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OtnReportType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Report Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Enabled Otn Report
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15OTN> <Minute15OTNReportTable> <Minute15OTNReport><Naming><OTNReport> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Minute15OTNThresholdTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Configure threshold on otn parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTN> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Min15OtnThresh> - none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15OTN> <Minute15OTNThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Min15OtnThresh>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: none
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: dwdm
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Minute15OTNThresholdTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OTNThreshold> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: OtnThresholdType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Threshold Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OtnThresholdValue> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Otn Threshold Value
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <InterfaceConfigurationTable> <InterfaceConfiguration><Naming><Active><InterfaceName> <PerformanceManagement> <Minute15> <Minute15OTN> <Minute15OTNThresholdTable> <Min15OtnThresh><Naming><OTNThreshold> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

FecReportType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'REPORT_EC_BITS' - PM Fec ec bits report
        'REPORT_UC_WORDS' - PM Fec uc words report

FecThresholdType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'THRESH_EC_BITS' - PM Fec ec bits threshold
        'THRESH_UC_WORDS' - PM Fec uc words threshold

OtnThresholdType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'THRESH_ES_SM_NE' - PM Otn es sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_SES_SM_NE' - PM Otn ses sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_UAS_SM_NE' - PM Otn uas sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_BBE_SM_NE' - PM Otn bbe sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_FC_SM_NE' - PM Otn fc sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_ESR_SM_NE' - PM Otn esr sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_SESR_SM_NE' - PM Otn sesr sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_BBER_SM_NE' - PM Otn bber sm ne threshold
        'THRESH_ES_PM_NE' - PM Otn es pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_SES_PM_NE' - PM Otn ses pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_UAS_PM_NE' - PM Otn uas pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_BBE_PM_NE' - PM Otn bbe pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_FC_PM_NE' - PM Otn fc pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_ESR_PM_NE' - PM Otn esr pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_SESR_PM_NE' - PM Otn sesr pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_BBER_PM_NE' - PM Otn bber pm ne threshold
        'THRESH_ES_SM_FE' - PM Otn es sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_SES_SM_FE' - PM Otn ses sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_UAS_SM_FE' - PM Otn uas sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_BBE_SM_FE' - PM Otn bbe sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_FC_SM_FE' - PM Otn fc sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_ESR_SM_FE' - PM Otn esr sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_SESR_SM_FE' - PM Otn sesr sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_BBER_SM_FE' - PM Otn bber sm fe threshold
        'THRESH_ES_PM_FE' - PM Otn es pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_SES_PM_FE' - PM Otn ses pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_UAS_PM_FE' - PM Otn uas pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_BBE_PM_FE' - PM Otn bbe pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_FC_PM_FE' - PM Otn fc pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_ESR_PM_FE' - PM Otn esr pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_SESR_PM_FE' - PM Otn sesr pm fe threshold
        'THRESH_BBER_PM_FE' - PM Otn bber pm fe threshold

OtnReportType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'REPORT_ES_SM_NE' - PM Otn es sm ne report
        'REPORT_SES_SM_NE' - PM Otn ses sm ne report
        'REPORT_UAS_SM_NE' - PM Otn uas sm ne report
        'REPORT_BBE_SM_NE' - PM Otn bbe sm ne report
        'REPORT_FC_SM_NE' - PM Otn fc sm ne report
        'REPORT_ESR_SM_NE' - PM Otn esr sm ne report
        'REPORT_SESR_SM_NE' - PM Otn sesr sm ne report
        'REPORT_BBER_SM_NE' - PM Otn bber sm ne report
        'REPORT_ES_PM_NE' - PM Otn es pm ne report
        'REPORT_SES_PM_NE' - PM Otn ses pm ne report
        'REPORT_UAS_PM_NE' - PM Otn uas pm ne report
        'REPORT_BBE_PM_NE' - PM Otn bbe pm ne report
        'REPORT_FC_PM_NE' - PM Otn fc pm ne report
        'REPORT_ESR_PM_NE' - PM Otn esr pm ne report
        'REPORT_SESR_PM_NE' - PM Otn sesr pm ne report
        'REPORT_BBER_PM_NE' - PM Otn bber pm ne report
        'REPORT_ES_SM_FE' - PM Otn es sm fe report
        'REPORT_SES_SM_FE' - PM Otn ses sm fe report
        'REPORT_UAS_SM_FE' - PM Otn uas sm fe report
        'REPORT_BBE_SM_FE' - PM Otn bbe sm fe report
        'REPORT_FC_SM_FE' - PM Otn fc sm fe report
        'REPORT_ESR_SM_FE' - PM Otn esr sm fe report
        'REPORT_SESR_SM_FE' - PM Otn sesr sm fe report
        'REPORT_BBER_SM_FE' - PM Otn bber sm fe report
        'REPORT_ES_PM_FE' - PM Otn es pm fe report
        'REPORT_SES_PM_FE' - PM Otn ses pm fe report
        'REPORT_UAS_PM_FE' - PM Otn uas pm fe report
        'REPORT_BBE_PM_FE' - PM Otn bbe pm fe report
        'REPORT_FC_PM_FE' - PM Otn fc pm fe report
        'REPORT_ESR_PM_FE' - PM Otn esr pm fe report
        'REPORT_SESR_PM_FE' - PM Otn sesr pm fe report
        'REPORT_BBER_PM_FE' - PM Otn bber pm fe report

OpticsThresholdType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'THRESH_LBC_MIN' - PM Optics lbc min threshold
        'THRESH_LBC_MAX' - PM Optics lbc max threshold
        'THRESH_OPT_MIN' - PM Optics opt min threshold
        'THRESH_OPT_MAX' - PM Optics opt max threshold
        'THRESH_OPR_MIN' - PM Optics opr min threshold
        'THRESH_OPR_MAX' - PM Optics opr max threshold

OpticsReportType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'REPORT_LBC_MIN' - PM Optics lbc min report
        'REPORT_LBC_MAX' - PM Optics lbc max report
        'REPORT_OPT_MIN' - PM Optics opt min report
        'REPORT_OPT_MAX' - PM Optics opt max report
        'REPORT_OPR_MIN' - PM Optics opr min report
        'REPORT_OPR_MAX' - PM Optics opr max report

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for manageability-object-tracking_cfg, version 1. 1.

Objects

<ObjectTrackingTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Object Tracking configuration
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: sysmgr
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Configuration> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> - Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ObjectTracking>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTrackingTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TrackName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingNameString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Track name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DelayDown> - Track delay down time
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DelayUp> - Track delay up time
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> - Enable the Track
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeBooleanList> - Track type boolean list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeBooleanListAndEnable> - Enable track type boolean list and
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeBooleanListOrEnable> - Enable track type boolean list or
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeInterface> - Track type line-protocol
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeInterfaceEnable> - Enable track type Interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeRoute> - Track type route ipv4
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeRouteEnable> - Enable track type Route
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Enable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable the Track
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE when track configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <Enable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DelayUp>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track delay up time
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Delay> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingDelay 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Delay up in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <DelayUp> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DelayDown>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track delay down time
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Delay> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingDelay 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Delay up in seconds
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <DelayDown> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeInterfaceEnable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable track type Interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE when type interface configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeInterfaceEnable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeInterface>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track type line-protocol
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Interface> - Interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeInterface> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Interface>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeInterface> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Name> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The name of the interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeInterface> <Interface> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeRouteEnable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable track type Route
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE when type route configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeRouteEnable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeRoute>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track type route ipv4
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IPAddress> - set track IPv4 address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> - set track VRF
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeRoute> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<VRF>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set track VRF
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeRoute> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRF> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: BoundedString. Length less than or equal to 32
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:VRF tag - use 'default' for the DEFAULT vrf
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeRoute> <VRF> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<IPAddress>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: set track IPv4 address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeRoute> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Address> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IP address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Mask> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Mask
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeRoute> <IPAddress> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeBooleanListAndEnable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable track type boolean list and
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE when type boolean list and configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanListAndEnable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeBooleanListOrEnable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Enable track type boolean list or
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Enable> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:boolean 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:TRUE when type boolean list or configured
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanListOrEnable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TypeBooleanList>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track type boolean list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectTracking> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AndObjectTable> - Track type boolean and list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OrObjectTable> - Track type boolean or list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AndObjectTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track type boolean and list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeBooleanList> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AndObject> - Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <AndObjectTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AndObject>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AndObjectTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingNameString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Object name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectSign> - Tracked Object sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <AndObjectTable> <AndObject><Naming><ObjectName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ObjectSign>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Tracked Object sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AndObject> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Sign> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingBooleanSign 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Boolean sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <AndObjectTable> <AndObject><Naming><ObjectName> <ObjectSign> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<OrObjectTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track type boolean or list
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TypeBooleanList> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OrObject> - Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <OrObjectTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<OrObject>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Track name - maximum 32 characters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OrObjectTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Object> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingNameString 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Object name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ObjectSign> - Tracked Object sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <OrObjectTable> <OrObject><Naming><Object> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ObjectSign>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Tracked Object sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <OrObject> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Values: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Sign> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: ObjectTrackingBooleanSign 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Boolean sign (with or without not)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
 Default value: none.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Configuration> <ObjectTrackingTable> <ObjectTracking><Naming><TrackName> <TypeBooleanList> <OrObjectTable> <OrObject><Naming><Object> <ObjectSign> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for ipv4_multicast_sap_oper, version 1. 1.

Objects

<SAP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SAP operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: multicast
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfoSummaryTable> - SAP Session Summary Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfoTable> - SAP Session Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SAP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionInfoSummaryTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SAP Session Summary Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfoSummary> - SAP Session Summary Entry
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Filter> (Optional Filter Tag):
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAPGroupFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAPSessionNameFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SAP> <SessionInfoSummaryTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionInfoSummary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SAP Session Summary Entry
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfoSummaryTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description: Session Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionOwner> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description: Session Owner
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: sap_bag_summary 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SAP> <SessionInfoSummaryTable> <SessionInfoSummary><Naming><SessionName><SessionOwner> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionInfoTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SAP Session Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfo> - SAP Session Entry
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Filter> (Optional Filter Tag):
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAPGroupFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SAPSessionNameFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SAP> <SessionInfoTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SessionInfo>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SAP Session Entry
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionInfoTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description: Session Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionOwner> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description: Session Owner
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: sap_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <SAP> <SessionInfoTable> <SessionInfo><Naming><SessionName><SessionOwner> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Filters

<SAPGroupFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Filter based on Announcement Group
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <GroupAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Group Address
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SAPSessionNameFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Filter based on Session Name
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SessionName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Session Name
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for ipv4_dhcpd_relay_distributed_oper, version 3. 0.

Objects

<Relay>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: IPv4 DHCPD Relay operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Node> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProfileTable> - DHCP Relay Profiles
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsInfo> - DHCP relay statistics info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsTable> - DHCP Relay Statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatisticsTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DHCP Relay Statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Relay> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Statistics> - DHCP Relay VRF statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> <StatisticsTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Statistics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DHCP Relay VRF statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <StatisticsTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <VRFName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:VRF name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: ipv4_dhcpd_relay_stats 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> <StatisticsTable> <Statistics><Naming><VRFName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<StatisticsInfo>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DHCP relay statistics info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Relay> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: ipv4_dhcpd_relay_stats_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> <StatisticsInfo> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ProfileTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DHCP Relay Profiles
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Relay> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Profile> - DHCP Relay profile
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> <ProfileTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Profile>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: DHCP Relay profile
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProfileTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProfileName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Profile name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: ipv4_dhcpd_relay_profile 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <IPV4_DHCPD> <NodeTable> <Node><Naming><nodeid> <Relay> <ProfileTable> <Profile><Naming><ProfileName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for pos_ui_oper, version 2. 0.

Objects

<POS>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: POS operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerTable> - List of POS interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <POS> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ControllerTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: List of POS interfaces
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <POS> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> - A POS interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <POS> <ControllerTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Controller>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: A POS interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ControllerName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:POS interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FramerStatistics> - POS framer statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Info> - POS interface information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <POS> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Info>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: POS interface information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: pos_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <POS> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> <Info> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<FramerStatistics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: POS framer statistics
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Controller> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: pos_statistics 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <POS> <ControllerTable> <Controller><Naming><ControllerName> <FramerStatistics> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

XML Schema Object Documentation for mpls_te_oper, version 1. 6.

Objects

<MPLS_TE>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS Traffic Engineering operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te or ouni
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AffinityMap> - Affinity name to value mapping
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AnnounceTable> - Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AttributeSetTable> - AttributeSet information.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AutoTunnel> - Auto tunnel information.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DiffServTEClasses> - The configured Diff Serv TE classes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FastReroute> - Represent all the fastreroute info in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingAdjacencyDestinationTable> - Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGPAreaTable> - The set of IGP-areas known to MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MaximumTunnels> - MPLS Traffic Engineering Tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP> - P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2P_P2MPTunnel> - P2P or P2MP tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PathProtection> - MPLS TE path protection info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SignallingCounters> - TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SoftPreemption> - Soft Preemption information.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Topology> - The topology information in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TopologyNodeTable> - A node in the MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnels> - Failure protection provided for tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Topology>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The topology information in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Global> - Global information about the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGTable> - Set of SRLG operational value for the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Topology> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Global>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Global information about the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Topology> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_topology_global_info_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Topology> <Global> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SRLGTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Set of SRLG operational value for the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Topology> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLG> - SRLG operational value for the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Topology> <SRLGTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SRLG>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: SRLG operational value for the overall MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SRLGNumber> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:SRLG Number
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_topo_srlg 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Topology> <SRLGTable> <SRLG><Naming><SRLGNumber> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TopologyNodeTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: A node in the MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TopologyNode> - A node in the MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <TopologyNodeTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TopologyNode>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: A node in the MPLS-TE topology
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TopologyNodeTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TE_IGPProtocolType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP protocol type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP instance
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Area> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP area
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TopologyNodeType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TENodeType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Node type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGPNodeID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP Node ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_topology_node 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <TopologyNodeTable> <TopologyNode><Naming><Protocol><IGP_ID><Area><TopologyNodeType><IGPNodeID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<P2P_P2MPTunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: P2P or P2MP tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelHeadTable> - Restrict display to P2P or P2MP head tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRemoteTable> - Restrict display to P2P or P2MP mid or tail tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2P_P2MPTunnel> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelHeadTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Restrict display to P2P or P2MP head tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2P_P2MPTunnel> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelHead> - mpls te p2p or p2mp tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2P_P2MPTunnel> <TunnelHeadTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelHead>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: mpls te p2p or p2mp tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelHeadTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_p2mp_tunnel_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2P_P2MPTunnel> <TunnelHeadTable> <TunnelHead><Naming><TunnelName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelRemoteTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Restrict display to P2P or P2MP mid or tail tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2P_P2MPTunnel> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRemote> - P2P or P2MP tunnel that is a mid or tail
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2P_P2MPTunnel> <TunnelRemoteTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelRemote>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: P2P or P2MP tunnel that is a mid or tail
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRemoteTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LSP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:LSP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ExtendedTunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Extended Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SourceAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Source Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:P2MP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_p2mp_lsp 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2P_P2MPTunnel> <TunnelRemoteTable> <TunnelRemote><Naming><LSP_ID><TunnelID><ExtendedTunnelID><SourceAddress><CType><DestinationAddress><P2MP_ID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<FastReroute>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Represent all the fastreroute info in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTunnelTable> - The set of fastreroute backup tunnels available in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Promotion> - The info about the promotion timer of backup tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProtectedInterfaceTable> - The set of fastreroute protected interfaces available in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ProtectedInterfaceTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The set of fastreroute protected interfaces available in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FastReroute> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProtectedInterface> - Fastreroute info for a given protected interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Filter> (Optional Filter Tag):
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TEProtectedInterfaceFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> <ProtectedInterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ProtectedInterface>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Fastreroute info for a given protected interface
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProtectedInterfaceTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Protected interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Backup tunnel name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_fastreroute_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> <ProtectedInterfaceTable> <ProtectedInterface><Naming><InterfaceName><BackupTunnelName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<BackupTunnelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The set of fastreroute backup tunnels available in MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FastReroute> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTunnel> - Fastreroute info for a given backup tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Filter> (Optional Filter Tag):
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TEBackupTunnelFilter> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> <BackupTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<BackupTunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Fastreroute info for a given backup tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <BackupTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Backup tunnel name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Protected interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_fastreroute_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> <BackupTunnelTable> <BackupTunnel><Naming><TunnelName><InterfaceName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Promotion>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The info about the promotion timer of backup tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <FastReroute> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_fastreroute_promotion_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <FastReroute> <Promotion> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<IGPAreaTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The set of IGP-areas known to MPLS-TE
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGPArea> - An IGP instance
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <IGPAreaTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<IGPArea>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: An IGP instance
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGPAreaTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TE_IGPProtocolType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The IGP protocol
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ProcessTag> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP Process Tag
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: te_sh_igp 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <IGPAreaTable> <IGPArea><Naming><Protocol><ProcessTag> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AffinityMap>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Affinity name to value mapping
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_affinity_map_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AffinityMap> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ForwardingAdjacencyDestinationTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingAdjacencyDestination> - Forwarding Adjacencies for a destination
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <ForwardingAdjacencyDestinationTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ForwardingAdjacencyDestination>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Forwarding Adjacencies for a destination
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingAdjacencyDestinationTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_fwd_adj_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <ForwardingAdjacencyDestinationTable> <ForwardingAdjacencyDestination><Naming><DestinationAddress> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AnnounceTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Announce> - Announced Destination tunnel Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AnnounceTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Announce>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Announced Destination tunnel Table
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AnnounceTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPAddress 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TE_IGPProtocolType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The IGP protocol used by the tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Area> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Area
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <IGP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:IGP Instance ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTable> - Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AnnounceTable> <Announce><Naming><DestinationAddress><Protocol><Area><IGP_ID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Announced Destination tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Announce> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnel> - Tunnel ID Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AnnounceTable> <Announce><Naming><DestinationAddress><Protocol><Area><IGP_ID> <TunnelTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Tunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Tunnel ID Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:last obtained tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_autoroute_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AnnounceTable> <Announce><Naming><DestinationAddress><Protocol><Area><IGP_ID> <TunnelTable> <Tunnel><Naming><TunnelID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SignallingCounters>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HeadSignallingCountersTable> - Sig Head Table TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteSignallingCountersTable> - Sig mid tail Table TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SignallingSummary> - Send-Recv count summary for TE Signaling
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<HeadSignallingCountersTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Sig Head Table TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SignallingCounters> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HeadSignallingCounters> - TE stats
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> <HeadSignallingCountersTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<HeadSignallingCounters>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: TE stats
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <HeadSignallingCountersTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: te_stats_bag_vif_t 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> <HeadSignallingCountersTable> <HeadSignallingCounters><Naming><CType><TunnelID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoteSignallingCountersTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Sig mid tail Table TE counters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SignallingCounters> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteSignallingCounters> - TE stats
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> <RemoteSignallingCountersTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<RemoteSignallingCounters>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: TE stats
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <RemoteSignallingCountersTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ExtendedTunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Extended Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:P2MP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LSP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:LSP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SourceAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Source Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SubGroupOriginator> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Subgroup originator
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SubGroupID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Subgroup ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: te_stats_bag_lsp_t 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> <RemoteSignallingCountersTable> <RemoteSignallingCounters><Naming><CType><TunnelID><ExtendedTunnelID><P2MP_ID><LSP_ID><SourceAddress><DestinationAddress><SubGroupOriginator><SubGroupID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SignallingSummary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Send-Recv count summary for TE Signaling
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SignallingCounters> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: te_stats_sig_t 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SignallingCounters> <SignallingSummary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<DiffServTEClasses>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: The configured Diff Serv TE classes
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_dste_classes 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <DiffServTEClasses> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Tunnels>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Failure protection provided for tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Summary> - Summary of tunnel info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelPathProtectionTable> - Path protection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Tunnels> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Summary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Summary of tunnel info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnels> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tunnels_summary_info_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Tunnels> <Summary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelPathProtectionTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Path protection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Tunnels> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelPathProtection> - Path protection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Tunnels> <TunnelPathProtectionTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelPathProtection>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Path protection
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelPathProtectionTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_path_protection 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <Tunnels> <TunnelPathProtectionTable> <TunnelPathProtection><Naming><CType><TunnelID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<P2MP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CollaboratorTimers> - TE Collaborator timer status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingOutputLabelRewriteTable> - forwarding-adjacency P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRewriteTable> - forwarding-adjacency P2MP Tunnel RW
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<CollaboratorTimers>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: TE Collaborator timer status
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_p2mp_timers_b 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> <CollaboratorTimers> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ForwardingOutputLabelRewriteTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: forwarding-adjacency P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingOutputLabelRewrite> - Display only P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> <ForwardingOutputLabelRewriteTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<ForwardingOutputLabelRewrite>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Display only P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ForwardingOutputLabelRewriteTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LSP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:LSP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <ExtendedTunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:extended tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SourceAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Source Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:P2MP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination Address
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <NextHopAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Next Hop
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PreviousHopAddress> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Prev Hop
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_s2l_forwarding_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> <ForwardingOutputLabelRewriteTable> <ForwardingOutputLabelRewrite><Naming><TunnelID><LSP_ID><ExtendedTunnelID><SourceAddress><P2MP_ID><DestinationAddress><NextHopAddress><PreviousHopAddress><CType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelRewriteTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: forwarding-adjacency P2MP Tunnel RW
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <P2MP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRewrite> - Display only P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> <TunnelRewriteTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TunnelRewrite>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Display only P2MP Information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelRewriteTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <LSP_ID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:LSP ID
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <CType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: CType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Ctype
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_s2l_tun_rw_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <P2MP> <TunnelRewriteTable> <TunnelRewrite><Naming><TunnelID><LSP_ID><CType> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MaximumTunnels>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS Traffic Engineering Tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: tunnel_max_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <MaximumTunnels> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<PathProtection>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS TE path protection info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SwitchoverLog> - MPLS TE path protection info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <PathProtection> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SwitchoverLog>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS TE path protection info
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <PathProtection> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: te_pp_sw_log_bag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <PathProtection> <SwitchoverLog> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AttributeSetTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: AttributeSet information.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AttributeSet> - MPLS TE attribute-set information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AttributeSetTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<AttributeSet>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS TE attribute-set information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AttributeSetTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AttributeSetType> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TE_AttrSetType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Attribute Set Type
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <AttributeSetName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: AttributeSetNameLength 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Attribute Set Name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_attribute_set 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <AttributeSetTable> <AttributeSet><Naming><AttributeSetType><AttributeSetName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<SoftPreemption>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Soft Preemption information.
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TE> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Statistics> - MPLS TE soft preemption stats information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SoftPreemption> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<Statistics>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS TE soft preemption stats information
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SoftPreemption> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_soft_preemption_stats 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TE> <SoftPreemption> <Statistics> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MPLS_TP>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: MPLS transport profile operational data
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Task IDs required: mpls-te
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Operational> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPGlobalParameters> - Transport profile global parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinks> - Transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpoints> - Transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnels> - Transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPLinks>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailLinkTable> - Detailed table of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinkSummary> - Summary of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinkTable> - Table of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPLinkSummary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Summary of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinks> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_link_summary_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> <TPLinkSummary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPLinkTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Table of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinks> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLink> - Brief information of transport profile link
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> <TPLinkTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPLink>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Brief information of transport profile link
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinkTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinkID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Numeric transport profile link identifier
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_link_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> <TPLinkTable> <TPLink><Naming><TPLinkID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailLinkTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed table of transport profile links
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinks> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailLink> - Detailed information of transport profile link
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> <TPDetailLinkTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailLink>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed information of transport profile link
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailLinkTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPLinkID> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Numeric transport profile link identifier
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_detail_link_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPLinks> <TPDetailLinkTable> <TPDetailLink><Naming><TPLinkID> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPGlobalParameters>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Transport profile global parameters
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_global_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPGlobalParameters> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPTunnels>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailTunnelTable> - Detailed table of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnelSummary> - Summary of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnelTable> - Table of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPTunnelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Table of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnels> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnel> - Brief information of transport profile tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> <TPTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPTunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Brief information of transport profile tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_tunnel_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> <TPTunnelTable> <TPTunnel><Naming><TPTunnelName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailTunnelTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed table of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnels> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailTunnel> - Detailed information of transport profile tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> <TPDetailTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailTunnel>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed information of transport profile tunnel
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailTunnelTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_detail_tunnel_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> <TPDetailTunnelTable> <TPDetailTunnel><Naming><TPTunnelName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPTunnelSummary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Summary of transport profile tunnels
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPTunnels> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_te_tp_tunnel_summary 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPTunnels> <TPTunnelSummary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPMidpoints>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <MPLS_TP> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailMidpointTable> - Detailed table of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpointSummary> - Summary of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpointTable> - Table of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPMidpointTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Table of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpoints> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpoint> - Brief information of transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> <TPMidpointTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPMidpoint>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Brief information of transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpointTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpointName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Mid-point name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_tp_mid_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> <TPMidpointTable> <TPMidpoint><Naming><TPMidpointName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailMidpointTable>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed table of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpoints> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Child objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailMidpoint> - Detailed information of transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> <TPDetailMidpointTable> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPDetailMidpoint>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Detailed information of transport profile mid-point
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPDetailMidpointTable> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
<Naming>:
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpointName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Mid-point name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_tp_detail_mid_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> <TPDetailMidpointTable> <TPDetailMidpoint><Naming><TPMidpointName> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<TPMidpointSummary>

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: Summary of transport profile mid-points
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parent objects: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TPMidpoints> 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Value: mpls_tp_mid_summary_info 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Available Paths: 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   
   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
    
 
      
 - 
 
      
 <Operational> <MPLS_TP> <TPMidpoints> <TPMidpointSummary> 
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

---

Datatypes

MPLS_TETunnelStateFilterFlag

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'NotUsed' - Not used
        'Down' - Down
        'Up' - Up
        'Reoptimized' - Reoptimized

MPLS_TETunnelInterfaceFilterFlag

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'NotUsed' - Not used
        'InOut' - In/Out
        'In' - In
        'Out' - Out

MPLS_TETunnelConstraintsFilterFlag

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'NotUsed' - Not used
        'Current' - Current
        'Max' - Max
        'None' - None

MPLS_TETunnelPropertyFilterFlag

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'NotUsed' - Not used
        'Backup' - Backup
        'FastReroute' - Fast reroute

MPLS_TENodeType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'Router' - Router
        'Network' - Network

MPLS_TEBandwidthModelType

    Definition: Enumeration. Valid values are: 
        'RDM' - RDM
        'MAM' - MAM

---

Filters

<MPLS_TEProtectedInterfaceFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Filtering protected interfaces on a given interface name.
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Protected interface name
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MPLS_TEBackupTunnelFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Filtering backup tunnels on a given tunnel name.
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelName> (mandatory)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:string 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Backup tunnel name
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MPLS_TETunnelHeadFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Logical AND combination of all filters that can be applied to this table.
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SourceAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Source
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelState> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TETunnelStateFilterFlag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel state filter flag
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelInterface> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TETunnelInterfaceFilterFlag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface filter flag
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <InterfaceName> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: Interface 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Interface name
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Constraints> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TETunnelConstraintsFilterFlag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Constraints filter flag
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <TunnelProperty> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TETunnelPropertyFilterFlag 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Tunnel property flag
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <UptimeInterval> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: xsd:unsignedInt 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Uptime filter (seconds)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <Protocol> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: MPLS_TE_IGPProtocolType 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:The IGP protocol used by the tunnel
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

<MPLS_TETunnelTailFilter>

   
   
   

    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Description: 
 
      
Logical AND combination of all filters that can be applied to this table.
 
     
 
    
   
   
   

   
   
   


    
    
    
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
Parameters: 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <DestinationAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Type: IPV4Address 
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
         Description:Destination
 
     
 
     
 
      
    
 
      
       <SourceAddress> (optional)
 
     
 
     
 
      
   &n